SJF2713E0I - Fridge SHARP - Free user manual and instructions

★ ★ ★ ★ ★ 5.5/10 📄 100 pages PDF ⬇️ EN 💬 AI Question ❓ 8 questions ⚙️ Specs 🖨️ Print

USER MANUAL SJF2713E0I SHARP

YOU for choosing this exclusive product For a longer life span of your appliance please read the instruction manual carefully before installing and using.

1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

Opening DimensionsSTANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS Overall Dimensions

2.2.1 Electrical Requirements

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

the mains.2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

2.11 Optional Accessories

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.4.2.2 Corona Light Mode This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.5 Sabbath Mode This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.10 Date Set Mode This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.11 Time Set Mode This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.3.1 Safety Glass ShelvesThe safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow. 4.3.2 Tray Runner Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf. 4.3.3 Storage Drawers The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure. 4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.
• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:
• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.
• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning. • Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed. • When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri-ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food. • Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem-perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There-fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.THANK YOU for choosing this exclusive product For a longer life span of your appliance please read the instruction manual carefully before installing and using.

1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

Opening DimensionsSTANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS Overall Dimensions 2.2.1 Electrical RequirementsThe power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

2.11 Optional Accessories

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.4.2.2 Corona Light Mode This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.5 Sabbath Mode This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.10 Date Set Mode This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.11 Time Set Mode This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.3.1 Safety Glass ShelvesThe safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow. 4.3.2 Tray Runner Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf. 4.3.3 Storage DrawersThe stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.4.3.4 Fresh Bin The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure. 4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.
• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:
• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.
• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning. • Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed. • When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri-ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food. • Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem-perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There-fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags.Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EUSJ-F2713E0I-EU REFRIGERATOR INSTALLATIONTHANK YOU for choosing this exclusive product For a longer life span of your appliance please read the instruction manual carefully before installing and using.

1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

Opening DimensionsSTANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS Overall Dimensions 2.2.1 Electrical RequirementsThe power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.2.2.2 Plumbing RequirementsSJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU. 4.2.1 Temperature ControlThere are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.4.2.2 Corona Light Mode This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.5 Sabbath Mode This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.10 Date Set Mode This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.4.2.11 Time Set Mode This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.3.1 Safety Glass ShelvesThe safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow. 4.3.2 Tray Runner Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf. 4.3.3 Storage DrawersThe stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.4.3.4 Fresh Bin The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure. 4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket. 4.3.6 Ice-Maker The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.
• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:
• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.
• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning. • Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed. • When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri-ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food. • Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem-perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There-fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags.Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.

SJ-F2713E0I-EUIMPORTANT NOTE

To ensure the safe and efficient installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU unit, please pay attention to the following types of highlighted information throughout this guide:Important note highlights information that is especially relevant to a problem-free installation.Caution signals a situation where minor injury or product damage may occur if instructions are not followed.Warning states a hazard that may cause serious injury or death if precautions are not followed.

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly natural gas, it is explosive. In case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.Important note: Refrigerator functions won’t work in first couple of minutes at the first electricity connection or after electric loss due to self checking itself.

1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators• Sophisticated data logging system• Dot matrix multi information display• Luminated touch sensitive controls• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor• Shelf holder with LED lighting• Corono light function• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system• Each zone can be turned off independently• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility• Sabbath mode

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings.Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment.Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing.The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch the floor.

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators• Sophisticated data logging system• Dot matrix multi information display• Luminated touch sensitive controls• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor• Shelf holder with LED lighting• Corono light function• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system• Each zone can be turned off independently• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility• Sabbath mode

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty.This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings.Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment.Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing.The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch the floor.

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation.Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem-bly and installation drawing are located below.• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator. • Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.• Have all packing materials been removed?• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit? • Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor? • Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators• Sophisticated data logging system• Dot matrix multi information display• Luminated touch sensitive controls• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor• Shelf holder with LED lighting• Corono light function• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system• Each zone can be turned off independently• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility• Sabbath mode

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty.This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type.Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages.TOOLS & MATERIALS• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench• Phillips Head Screwdriver• M4 Allen Wrench• Flat Head Screwdriver• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)• Tubing Cutter• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings.Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment.Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing.The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch the floor.

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation.Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem-bly and installation drawing are located below.• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator. • Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen-sions can be found in page 9.• Open the upper compartment cover. • Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.• Have all packing materials been removed?• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit? • Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor? • Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for building in, clear of obstruction.Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits. Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside.Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte-nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.* units are in millimeters1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically. Electrical Requirements Electrical Requirements

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings.Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment.Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing.The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch the floor.

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

REAR ADJUSTMENTFRONT LEVELLING LEG

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings.Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment.Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing.The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch the floor.

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation.Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem-bly and installation drawing are located below.• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator. • Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.• Have all packing materials been removed?• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit? • Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor? • Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

2.2 Prerequisites For Installation

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from the mains.

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37.Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance.The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit.Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it.Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying.Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying.If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power.Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion.SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet.Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings.Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment.Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing.The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch the floor.

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation.Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem-bly and installation drawing are located below.• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator. • Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen-sions can be found in page 9.• Open the upper compartment cover. • Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.• Have all packing materials been removed?• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit? • Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor? • Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for building in, clear of obstruction.Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits. Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside.Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte-nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.Detail Acover countersunkscrew lag peg screwFreestanding Installation Detail A Detail B lag lag pin pin screw screw Built-in Installation1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.Kickplate1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically. door setscrew pin handle

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.• Have all packing materials been removed?• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit? • Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor? • Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate.First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube.Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until thesurface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below.The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightenedwith setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors anddrawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of therefrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle mustface down.

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon-tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer.Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles.Refer to the illustration below.Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise.If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removedor not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated inbypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without afiltration.Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pullout on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See tothe illustration below.It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there ispressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a smallamount of water spilling out.To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull.See to the illustration.If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.• Have all packing materials been removed?• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit? • Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor? • Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for building in, clear of obstruction.Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits. Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside.Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte-nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as;- staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments- farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ-ments- bed and breakfast type environments;- catering and similar non-retail applicationsCaution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard.Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician.Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service.Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.
• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.• Do not twist and bend the cables.• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature.Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone ModeThis mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button. • Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up.Settings:• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.• Press NEXT/SELECT button and then date set screen will be seen.• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.• Press UP or DOWN button to change DAY / MONTH / YEAR values. • To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves.It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall.Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one.Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment.Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa.To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface.Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing.Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment.To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed.To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart-ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer.Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation.Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge.There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.(*) Should never be frozen with its shell. Albumen and yolk should be frozen individually or completely mixed.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.T/SN (10 C - 43 C)1,192

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.1. GENERAL FEATURES OF SJ-F2713E0I-EU

• Can be installed as built-in or freestanding

• 304 grade high hygienic stainless steel construction

• Dual refrigeration system with two compressors and three evaporators

• Sophisticated data logging system

• Dot matrix multi information display

• Luminated touch sensitive controls

• Heat insulated triple low-e glass window

• Ambient humidity sensor for adjusting best energy performance

• LED lighting with magnetic door sensor

• Shelf holder with LED lighting

• Corono light function

• Fresh bin compartment to keep vegetables fresh longer

• Storage drawers allow easy access to food with removable divider

• Automatic ice maker with advanced water filtration system

• Each zone can be turned off independently

• Shelf with built-in oven tray compatibility

TION It is important that the installation of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is done by a qualified installer. Otherwise, your product will be out of warranty. This manual is prepared for an easier, problem free and most importantly safe installation process. Before beginning installation, it is strongly recommended to read this installation guide carefully and entirely. Any problems or questions you might have about the installation process, please contact customer service or your authorized dealer. Important product informations , such as model and serial number of the unit are listed in product identity plate. Product identity plate is located on the left wall of the top cooler drawer compartment. To access it please open the top cooler drawer and remove the basket. See the illustration below.

2.1 Before Starting Installation

SJ-F2713E0I-EU could be installed as two different types. As Built-in or Freestand- ing.

• Some parts are optional according to installation type. Before the installation process of SJ-F2713E0I-EU, please make sure that the prerequisites are provided. Such as; electrical connections, water supply and etc. Please check the technical specifications on the following pages. TOOLS & MATERIALS
• Dolly or an appropriate lift (Able To Support 400 Kg)

• 13 mm Socket Wrench and Open End Wrench

• Phillips Head Screwdriver

• Flat Head Screwdriver

• Drill with 6 mm concrete drill bit (for freestanding installations)

• Loctite® 270 (included in package)

STANDARD AND FLUSH BUILT-IN INSTALLATIONS

The power outlet must be inside the area shown in the picture below for SJ-F2713E0I-EU. When installing plug, you should be follow the National Electrical code and local codes and regulations. Caution: To ensure that the outlet is properly wired. Polarity should be checked by a qualified electrician. Make sure the outlet is properly grounded.

Warning: Do not use an extension flex or plug.

Warning: In any installation, service or maintenance please turn off the power from

2.2.2 Plumbing Requirements

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is able to produce ice via automatic ice maker system with an integrated water filtration system. To supply water to the ice maker, the water line must be arranged in the shown area before installation. A constant water pressure from 240000 Pa (35 psi) up to 830000 Pa (120 psi) is sufficient for ice maker system. The water filtration system is described on page 37. Important note: The system should not be used with water that is microbiologically unsafe or unknown water quality. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains shall state

• the maximum inlet water pressure, in pascals;

• the minimum inlet water pressure, in pascals, if this is necessary for the correct operation of the appliance. The instructions for appliances connected to the water mains by detachable hose-sets shall state that the new hose-sets supplied with the appliance are to be used and that old hose-sets should not be reused.

Check whether there is any damage on the product packaging. Open the packaging carton using a utility knife from the cutting section which is indicated on the carton. Pay attention that there is a kickplate taped at the back and the handle group is located right side of the unit. Remove and discard “L” type brackets from pallet and then the unit take down the refrigerator to floor with applying force only sides of it. Important note: Please do not use the middle bottom part of the refrigerator for carrying. Important note: It is strongly suggested that the refrigerator should be laid to its left side(freezer side) while carrying. If for any reason the unit has been laid on other than the left side, the unit must stand upright for a minimum of 24 hours before connecting to power. Due to the refrigerator being hefty a caution should be taken to sure that the unit is moved and placed with adequate human power.

2.4 Position the Unit

Please make sure all electrical and plumbing requirements are done, before placing the unit. Caution: Do not tilt the refrigerator in any direction. This action can cause malfunc- tion. SJ-F2713E0I-EU has own rollers, so it can be moved easier than moving on pallet. Important note: Make sure the rear levellers are in their lowest position while settling the refrigerator to its place. Levelling should not be completed until the unit is in desired position.

2.5 Levelling the Unit

After positioning has been done, levelling should be done for proper placing. When the unit is properly levelled, door and drawer adjustments are less likely to be changed from the factory default settings. Firstly rear adjustment should be done with using a 13 mm socket wrench. Turn the bolt clockwise to raise the unit or counter clockwise to lower it. Refer to the picture below for the position of the rear roller base adjustment. Important note: The floor can be reference for levelling, and not surrounding cabinetry. This could have influence the operation of the unit, such as door closing or drawer closing. The front levelling legs could be adjusted by turning them counter clockwise.

Warning: To avoid of the unit tipping forward, the front levelling legs should touch

2.6 Anti-Tip Bracket Installation

For safety precautions it is important to fix the system to the surrounding for to prevent turn over. There are two different methods which can be applied for freestanding type and built-in type. The content of fixating elements in the anti-tip package includes for two types of installation. Content of Anti-tip package; Fixing Pin - 4 pieces 2mm String - 8 pieces Lag Screw (D4X20) - 4 pieces L type Bracket - 2 pieces Screw (M5X16) - 2 pieces Plastic Wall Plug - 4 pieces Lag Screw (D4X35) - 4 pieces All components will not be necessary for each installation.

Warning: Carefully read the instructions below for safety.

2.6.1 In Freestanding Installation;

L type brackets and joints are used in this standing type. The sequence of assem- bly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in appropriate position.

• The unit should be pushed until the back side touches the wall.

• L type brackets and the rivet nuts are fastened with and M5 screw which are located on the top of the refrigerator.

• Mark the wall through the holes of L type bracket and move the bracket.

• Make an hole on the wall at appropriate points with 6 mm drill and put the pegs in the wall.
• Fasten the L type bracket and wall with D4X35 Lag Screws.

2.6.2 In Built-in Installation;

Fixing pin and the joints are used in Built-in version. The sequence of the assembly and installation drawing are located below.

• Place the refrigerator in furniture which is built in special dimensions. The dimen- sions can be found in page 9.

• Open the upper compartment cover.

• Put the fixed pins in appropriate holes and use the washers for tolerating gaps.

• Fasten the fixing pins to the furniture with using D4X20 Screws Important note: Be sure the levelling is correct done before screwing.

2.7 Water Line Connection

¼ ‘’ mm plastic tubing is connected to the ice maker with a preassembled ¼ ‘’ check valve connection at the end of the tube. Check valve is located behind the kick plate. First, PEX tubing must be cut evenly with using tubing cutter for proper even cut to ensure that to eliminate any leakages. Next, safety clips should be removed from the open end of the check valve. Then the tubing must be inserted firmly to the check valve. Finally safety clips should be inserted onto the check valve again. To prevent leaks, all connections should be checked. Important note: : Before making any connection please make sure the water tubing is clean with using some water to remove debris which may be present in the tube. Important note: Water filtration system can be bypassed by removing the filter (see page 37); in case reverse osmosis system or any in-house filtration is used. Filter housing has an automated bypass system.

2.8 Installing Kickplate

Before the installing the kickplate, make sure to put the drain pan back to its original position. The slots on the kickplate should be aligned with the poles. Push the kickplate firmly to the poles until hearing a “click” sound or until the surface of the kickplate and the main frame are aligned. Please see the illustration below. The clips must be placed one by one for an easier and convenient installation. An excessive force can damage the kickplate. Important note: The kickplate must be removable for service. Take caution accordingly.

2.9 Door Handle Installation

The door handle pins must be screwed tightly with a drop of Loctite® 270 on the tooth of the pins. The door handles should be placed and tightened with setscrews on them. This process should be done for both the doors and drawer handles. While processing, be careful not to hit the surface of the refrigerator. Scratch or dent may happen. The doors of SJ-F2713E0I-EU models open up to an angle of 120.

Warning: The surface which has setscrew holes for drawer handle must

2.10 Drawer Adjustment

After installation is completed, if drawers are not aligned, they can be adjusted horizontally or vertically with the help of adjustment area. The adjustment area is behind the basket. This area is accessible by removing the basket. To shift horizon- tally, change the position of screws in the middleslots. To shift vertically, change the position of screws in the outer slots. Each slot can shift by 2 mm. Since the holes on the doors are shifted to meet to align only one slot at a time. Please see the illustration below.

Side Panels For freestanding installations, stainless steel side panels are available through your authorized dealer. Side panels are installed using special screws and shims supplied with the side panels. First lift the side panel up a little. Push and align side panel to the side of the fridge’s frame. When aligned pull down the side panel gently till it settles. Refer to the illustration below. Important note: Side panels are optional.

2.12 Water Filtration System

Water Filter Bypass Mode Water filter is taped at the back of the top cover. After installation is completed, please insert the cartridge to filter housing then turn it to clockwise. If water filtration in not necessary, the water filter cartridge can be removed or not be installed in the first place. Thus the system can be operated in bypass mode. In this mode, water will be supplied to ice maker without a filtration. Lift the top cover to access the water filter cartridge. To lift the cover, pull out on the bottom edge of the cover and tilt the cover frame forward. See to the illustration below. It is advised to put a towel under the water filter cartridge since there is pressure and excess water in the filter. Unfortunately there will be a small amount of water spilling out. To separate water filter cartridge, rotate it one-quarter turn counter clockwise. Please twist the base of the cartridge slowly to release. Do not pull. See to the illustration. If the filter cartridge is removed, bypass mode could be activated automatically.

2.13 Service Information

Sophisticated control and data logging system is integrated in SJ-F2713E0I-EU. In any malfunction it is wise to contact the service or dealership. The information kept in data logger will be used to find and analyze the cause of the malfunction in order to find a pin point solution to fix the unit. The service may require the product information such as, serial number etc. This informa- tion can be found at product identity plate as described at page 9.

2.14 Installation Checklist

To ensure a safe and proper installation, the following checklist should be completed by the installer to ensure that no part of the installation has been overlooked.

• Have all packing materials been removed?

• Is the water supply line connected and not leaking? Is the water supply turned on and ice maker control on?

• Have the anti-tip brackets been installed securely and properly engaging the unit?

• Is the unit leveled properly on a solid, level floor?

• Has the drain pan and kickplate installed?

• Are panels attached securely and properly aligned? (in freestanding type)

• Are the door(s) aligned for proper appearance and operation?

• Has the water filter cartridge been removed (for homes with a reverse osmosis system)?
• Are all the doors aligned smoothly?

Warning: This appliance contains R600a as a refrigerant. You should be careful

during shipment and montage to prevent your appliance’s cooler elements from being damaged. Although R600a is a environmental friendly and natural gas, as it is explosive, in case of a leakage to be occurred due to a damage in the cooler elements move your fridge from open flame or heat sources and ventilate the room where the appliance is located for a few minutes.

Warning: Keep ventilation openings in appliance enclosure or in structure for

building in, clear of obstruction.

Warning: Do not use mechanical devices or other artificial means to accelerate

the defrosting process, other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not use electrical appliances in the freezer compartment of the

appliance, unless they are of the type recommended by the manufacturer.

Warning: Do not damage the refrigerant circuits.

Caution: If this appliance is to replace an old refrigerator with a lock; break or remove the lock as a safety measure before storing it, to protect children while playing might lockthemselves inside. Caution: This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance. Caution: The appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above and persons with reduced physical sensory or metal capabilities or lack of ecperience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understan the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the appliance. Cleaning and user mainte- nance shall not be made by children without supervision. Caution: If the supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac- turer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: Do not store explosive substances such as aerosol cans with a flammable propellant in this appliance.

• This appliance is intended to be used in household and similar applications such as; - staff kitchen areas in shops, offices and other working environments - farm houses and by clients in hotels, motels and other residential type environ- ments - bed and breakfast type environments; - catering and similar non-retail applications Caution: If the power socket does not match the refrigerator plug, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service agent or similar qualified persons in order to avoid a hazard. Caution: A specially grounded plug has been connected to the power cable of your refrigerator. This plug should be used with a specially grounded socket of 16 amperes. If there is no such socket in your house, please have it installed by an authorized electrician. Caution: Old refrigerators and freezers contain insulation gases and refrigerant, which must be disposed of properly. Entrust the disposal of a scrap unit categorically to competence of your local waste disposal service and contact your local authority or your dealer if you have any questions. Please ensure that the pipe of work of your refrigerating unit does not get damaged prior to being picked-up by the relevant waste disposal service. Important note: Please read this booklet before installing and switching on this appliance. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for incorrect installation and usage as described in this booklet.

• Do not use adapters or shunts which could cause overheating or burning.

• Do not plug old, warped power supply cables.

• Do not twist and bend the cables.

• Do not allow children to play with the appliance. Children must NEVER sit on drawers / shelves or hang from the door.

• Do not use sharp metal objects for removing ice on the freezer compartment; they could puncture the refrigerator circuit and cause unrepairable damage to the unit. Use the plastic scraper provided.

• Do not plug the power supply with wet hands.

• Do not place containers (glass bottles or tin containers) of liquids into the freezer especially gassy liquids as they could cause the container to burst during freezing.
• Bottles that contain a high percentage of alcohol must be sealed well and placed vertically in the freezer.

• Do not touch the cooling surfaces, especially with wet hands as you could be burnt or hurt.
• Do not eat ice, which have just been removed from the freezer.

3.3 Installation and Switching On The Appliance

• This appliance is suitable for connecting to 220-240V and 50 Hz.

• You can offer help from the service to install and switching on the appliance.

• Before making the connection to the power supply,ensure that the voltage on the name plate corresponds to the voltage of electrical system in your home.

• Insert the plug into a socket with an efficient ground connection. If the socket has no ground contact or the plug does not match, we suggest you to call an authorised electrician for assistance.

• The plug should be accessible after the appliance is positioned.

• Manufacturer is not responsible for failure to complete the ground connection as described in this booklet.

• Do not place the appliance in direct sunlight.

• Do not use in open air and shall not be exposed to the rain.

• Place the appliance far from heat sources and in a well-ventilated position. The freezer should be at least 50 cm from radiators, gas or coal stoves and 5 cm far from electrical stoves.
• Do not place heavy and lots of things on the appliance.

• The appliance must be stand firmly and level on the floor Use the two front levelling-feet to compensate for an even floor.

• The outside of the appliance and the accessories inside should be cleaned with a solution of water and liquid soap; the inside of the appliance with sodium bicarbonate dissolved in lukewarm water. After drying replace all the accessories.

• Wait 3 hours before plugging the appliance in to the main power to ensure proper performance.
• There can be an odour when you first switch on the appliance. It will disappear after you leave the doors open for a while. While you are waiting 3 hours to plug the appliance you can leave the doors open.

By using SJ-F2713E0I-EU control panel, the temperature values of the each compartment and useful modes can be easily arranged. Control panel is placed on the right side of the upper cover. At below, you can find how to use control panel and the features of the special modes of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU.

4.2.1 Temperature Control

There are three different sets on the control panel which are Freezer , Fridge and Chiller Compartments. To arrange the temperature values, the below route can be followed. Temperature Settings:

• Press MENU button (less than 1,5 seconds) then temperature set screen will be seen.
• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

• Press UP or DOWN button to change compartment’s temperature values.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. For freezer compartment, temperature range is between -24 ºC to -16 ºC, for Refrigerator and Chiller compartment, they are +2 ºC to +8 ºC. Slightly fluctuations for these values are normal, which depends on external influences such as an open door, the degree of humidity and the room temperature. Important note: Always allow 12 hours for compartments to reach the temperature you set.

4.2.2 Corona Light Mode

This mode is used for arranging the interior refrigerator lightning ON / OFF while the door is closed. While the corona light is ON; despite of the door is close, it provides visibility and easy access to the compartment. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Corona Light by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.3 Door Alarm Sound Mode

This mode is used for controlling the door alarm function. If the mode is active, it alerts while the door is open for more than 60 seconds. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Door Alarm Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.4 Ice Maker Mode

This mode is used for controlling icemaker function. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Ice Maker by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

This mode is used for deactivating all functions but basic refrigeration. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Sabbath by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button. 4.2.6 Fridge Zone Mode This mode helps to operate fridge zone . When fridge zone mode is set as OFF, this compartment will not be cooled. Settings:
• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Fridge Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.7 Vegetable Zone Mode

This mode helps to operate vegetable zone. When the Vegetable Zone Mode is set as crisp , the temperature of the vegetable compartment will be 12 C and the vegetables in that compartment will be kept fresh longer. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Vegetable Zone by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.8 Keypad Sound Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the keypad sound. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Keypad Sound by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.9 Display Backlight Mode

This mode is used for activate or deactivate the display backlight. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Display Backlight by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button then choose ON / OFF. Settings are saved automatically after pressing buttons.

• To return the Main Screen you can wait 15 seconds or press the MENU button.

4.2.10 Date Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the date up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Date Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

4.2.11 Time Set Mode

This mode is used for setting the time up. Settings:

• Press MENU button (minimum 1,5 seconds ) until the Menu Function screen is seen.
• Choose Time Set by using UP or DOWN button.

• Press NEXT/SELECT button to change the selected column.

The safety glass shelves of the SJ-F2713E0I-EU in upper fridge and freezer compartment are tempered and have eloxal plated aluminium profiles mounted in front of them. These profiles enhance visuality while guarding the glass from direct contact of any object. The glass stoppers fixed the glass to provide true positioning of the shelves. It is easy to remove the shelves, rise the shelf up and pull it towards you. Slowly remove out of the refrigerator. Repeat the process backwards to reinstall. Important note: While removing and replacing the glass shelves use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important note: Since the upper shelf dimensions are different than the others use care to select accurate shelf which is the shorter one. Important note: While loading shelves, pay attention not to exceed the glass alignment. Important note: Please do not place your foods in front of aluminium profiles to not effect air flow.

Tray runner is compatible with glass trays used in built-in ovens and the similar dimensions. The glass tray sent with the refrigerator as a gift not a commercial product. Tray runner is fixed under the fridge shelf. Glass tray is placed to the tray runner. The bottom shelf can be replaced with the middle shelf and vice versa. To insert a tray it is advised to align the tray with the rails and insert slowly till the end. To remove the tray, slowly pull it until derailed. Important: While removing and replacing the oven tray use care to prevent breaking the glass and starching the interior surface. Important: If the tray is hot. Wait until cool down before replacing. Important: The steam of the hot food in tray can make a stain under the shelf.

4.3.3 Storage Drawers

The stainless steel drawers create more healthy regions for foods. With their quite large interior volume, it is easy to store more food in drawers.

The Fresh Bin keeps vegetable fresh for long time. If necessary the fresh bin cover can be opened or closed so this compartment can be also used as a normal fridge compartment. To activate the fresh bin, pull the cover as shown in figure. It will take its proper position when the drawer closed. To deactivate the fresh bin, just push the cover to the final position as shown in figure.

4.3.5 Storage Drawer Divider

By using drawer divider, it is easy to separate different types of food and it can be removed by unscrewing from the basket.

The automatic ice-maker located in the fridge compartment. Designed to unload the ice on ice bucket located in the lower freezer drawer. The ice maker can be controlled from control panel. Icemaker automatically stops producing ice, when the bucket is full. There is a plumbing connection and water filter system for ice-maker which is described before. Important note: Should be aware of that the customer will not make ice immediately. Customers should not use the ice produced for the first time and please discard the few batches of ice. You can get properly ice after 24 hours. The ice bucket is removable for cleaning.

4.4 Water Filtration System

For producing clean ice; a water filtration system is used which supplies filtered water to ice maker. The location of the filtration system is in the upper compart- ment and can be easily reached by opening upper compartment cover. It is factory installed and could be replaced by customer. Important note: If the unit has been turned off or the ice maker disabled for one month or longer, the water filter cartridge should be replaced once the unit and ice maker are back in operation. Important note: Do not use with that is microbiological unsafe or unknown water quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may be used on disinfected waters that may contain filterable cysts. Important note: Filter cartridges should be changed every 6 months. Date and next changing date should be written on the cartridge. There will be warning on the display. For replacing the Water Filter Cartridge, the below procedure can be followed.

• To access the water filter cartridge which is located middle of the upper compartment, lift the cover by pulling it outside.

• Slowly rotate the cartridge one-quarter turn counterclockwise until it is free from the base. Do NOT pull. While separating the cartridge, it is normal to see a small amount of water to spill out.

• Remove the cap from new water filter cartridge.

• Position it as the locking tabs can be inserted in to filter head.

• Rotate the filter slowly approximately one-quarter turn to clockwise until it stops. Do NOT overtighten.

• To clean the water system and the air from the line, the first full bucked of ice produced should be discarded after the new cartridge is installed.

4.4.1 Water Filtration Bypass Mode

If you choose not to use the water filtration system, by removing the water filter cartridge, the system started to work as Bypass mode. In this mode, the water gets to ice maker without filtration. When the cartridge is removed, the filtration system automatically goes in to By-pass mode. For using the filtration system again only put the cartridge in to filter head. Important note: If a reverse osmosis system is used, the water filter cartridge must be removed to put the water filtration system into bypass mode.

Warning: The water filter is recommended to change every six months.

5.1 Fridge Compartment

• Under normal operation conditions, it is enough to set the temperature of cooler compartment to +4 / +6 °C.

• In order to avoid frosting, humidification and odour, food should be placed to the fridge in closed containers or covered with appropriate material.

• Hot food and beverages should be cooled to room temperature before being placed in the fridge.

• Vegetables and fruits can be placed into crisper without packaging. Important Note:

• Cover the liquid and stews when you put them on fridge. Otherwise, the humidity amount inside the fridge increases. And, this causes the fridge to operate more. Covering the food and beverages also allow you to protect their taste and flavour.

• Potatoes, onion and garlic shouldn’t be kept in the fridge.

• Fridge drawers could be removed to increase the storage volume. The volume which is declared at product specifications is the volume that is calculated without fridge drawer’s baskets/

5.2 Freezer Compartment

• The freezer compartment is used for storing frozen foods for a long time or for producing ice.

• If you leave the door of freezer open for a long time, frosting will appear on the lower stage of freezer. Thus, air circulation will be obstructed. In order to avoid this, first unplug the cord and wait until thawed. After ice melts, you should clean the freezer.

• It is strongly suggested that, place your foods 1 cm away from drawer walls except front side.

• When ice bucket is removed, this drawer could be used as 2 star freezer compartment. Important note: Please never refreeze frozen food after thawing them. It may be hazardous to your health as it may lead to food poisoning.

• Do not place hot food to the freezer before cooling them. This may cause other frozen food in the freezer to get decayed.

• When buying frozen food, make sure that it was frozen under appropri- ate conditions and its package is not torn.

• In case of humidification on package of frozen food and a smelly odour, food may have been stored under inappropriate conditions beforehand and it may have gotten decayed. Do not buy those kinds of food.

• Storing time for frozen food may differ according to the ambient tem- perature, frequency of door openings, thermostat adjustments, type of food and the time between the buying of the food and placing of the food in the freezer. Always follow instructions on the package and do not exceed storing period. Some spices in cooked food (aniseed, basil, dill, vinegar, spice mix, ginger, garlic, onion, mustard, thyme, marjoram, black pepper, bologna sausage etc.) may have a foul taste when stored for a long time. There- fore, frozen food should be spiced just a little or spice should be added after the food is thawed. The storing time for the food depends on the oil used. Margarines, veal fat, olive oil and butter are suitable, peanut oil and lard are not suitable. Cooked food in liquid form should be frozen in plastic containers, other food should be frozen wrapped in plastic foil or in plastic bags. Note: Frozen meat should be cooked as fresh meat after being thawed. If the meat is not cooked after being thawed, it should never be frozen again.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICTIONS

6.1 Certificates of Compliance

SJ-F2713E0I-EU is designed according to EN15502, IEC60335-1/IEC60335-2-24, and 2004/108/EC standards. Energy rating of SJ-F2713E0I-EU is determined at according to ISO 62552 standard at 25 C.While evaluating;• All freezer compartments are determined at -18 C • Upper fridge compartment should be at 5 C • Vegetable zone mode (crisper mode) should be on at 12 C. • Ice-maker, display backlight and corona light are off.

7. CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Interior surfaces and removable parts can be cleaned by a mild solution of soup and lukewarm water a little baking soda. Do not use abrasive products, deter-gents or soaps. After washing, rinse with clean water and dry carefully. While cleaning, avoid getting water on lights and display panel.For cleaning stainless steel exterior, you can use a soft, nonabrasive stainless steel cleaner. By using a dry polishing chamois with a water–dampened micro-fiber cloth, you can bring out the natural luster of the stainless steel. Better results are obtained by keeping the cloth in continuous contact with the stain-less steel.Important: Before start cleaning, be sure disconnect unit from the power supply.Important: Do not submerge or pour hot water over cold glass shelves.

7.2 Lighting Information

In the both freezer and refrigerator compartments, the led lightings are used for illumination. In the upper refrigerator and freezer compartment, the locations of the led lights are on ceiling and on the side walls. For drawers, their positions are only on the ceiling. The magnet switches are used for operates the Led Lights which are located near the led group.Despite of the door is closed, in refrigerator compartment, the interior light continued to lightening which provides visibility and easy access to the compart-ment. The interior light mode can easily operated from the display.MERCI d'avoir choisi cet appareil exceptionnel Pour une plus grande durée de vie de votre appareil, veuillez soigneusement lire le manuel d'utilisation avant de l'installer ou de l'utiliser.